1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int,
55 struct bfd_link_info
*);
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
57 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1,
302 shstrtabsize
)) == NULL
)
304 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
305 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
306 the string table over and over. */
307 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
310 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
311 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
313 return (char *) shstrtab
;
317 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
318 unsigned int shindex
,
319 unsigned int strindex
)
321 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
326 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
329 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
331 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
333 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
335 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
336 /* xgettext:c-format */
337 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
338 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
343 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
348 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
349 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
350 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
351 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
352 the section is zero. */
353 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
357 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
359 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
361 /* xgettext:c-format */
362 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
363 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
364 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
366 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
370 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
373 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
374 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
375 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
376 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
377 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
378 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
379 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
382 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
386 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
388 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
390 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
392 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
394 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
397 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
398 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
403 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
409 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
411 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
413 elf_section_list
* entry
;
414 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
416 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
417 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
420 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
423 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
425 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
430 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
432 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
433 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
434 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
435 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
436 the index table will not be needed. */
440 /* Read the symbols. */
442 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
444 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
445 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
446 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, extsym_size
, &amt
))
448 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
452 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
453 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
455 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
456 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
458 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
459 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
460 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
466 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
470 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
472 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
476 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
477 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
479 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
480 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
482 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
483 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
484 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
491 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
493 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
), &amt
))
495 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
498 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
499 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
500 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
504 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
505 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
506 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
507 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
509 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
510 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
512 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
513 /* xgettext:c-format */
514 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
515 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
516 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
524 free (alloc_extshndx
);
529 /* Look up a symbol name. */
531 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
532 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
533 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
537 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
538 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
540 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
541 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
542 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
544 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
545 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
548 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
551 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
552 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
557 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
558 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
561 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
562 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
564 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
566 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
567 signature just a string? */
570 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
572 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
573 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
574 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
575 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
577 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
578 that it is a symbol table section. */
579 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
581 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
582 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
583 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
586 /* Go read the symbol. */
587 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
588 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
589 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
592 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
595 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
598 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
600 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
602 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
603 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
606 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
608 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
609 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
610 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
613 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
614 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
615 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
616 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
617 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
619 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
621 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
623 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
629 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
630 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
631 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
635 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
636 so we can find them quickly. */
639 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
640 amt
= num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
641 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
642 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
643 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
647 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
649 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
651 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
654 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
656 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
658 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
661 /* Add to list of sections. */
662 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
665 /* Read the raw contents. */
666 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest
) % 4 == 0);
667 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
668 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr
->sh_size
,
669 sizeof (*dest
) / 4, &amt
)
670 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
672 = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, shdr
->sh_size
)))
675 /* xgettext:c-format */
676 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
677 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
678 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
679 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
684 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
685 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
686 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
688 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
689 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
697 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
698 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
702 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
703 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
704 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
709 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
710 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
711 section group should be marked with
712 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
713 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
715 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
718 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
721 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
729 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
730 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
732 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
734 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
737 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
738 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
740 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
741 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
747 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
749 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
752 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
754 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
755 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
757 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
758 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
764 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
765 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
767 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
768 /* xgettext:c-format */
769 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
770 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
771 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
772 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
775 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
777 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
778 section is a member. */
780 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
784 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
785 other members to see if any others are linked via
787 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
788 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
790 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
791 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
792 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
796 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
797 insert current section in circular list. */
798 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
799 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
800 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
806 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
809 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
811 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
812 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
815 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
817 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
818 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
820 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
827 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
829 /* xgettext:c-format */
830 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
838 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
841 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
842 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
845 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
846 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
848 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
849 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
851 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
852 /* An sh_link value of 0 is now allowed. It indicates that linked
853 to section has already been discarded, but that the current
854 section has been retained for some other reason. This linking
855 section is still a candidate for later garbage collection
859 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = NULL
;
863 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
865 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
867 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
868 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
872 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
873 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
877 /* xgettext:c-format */
878 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
879 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
883 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
886 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
887 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
890 /* xgettext:c-format */
891 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
892 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
897 /* Process section groups. */
898 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
901 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
903 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
904 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
907 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
908 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
911 /* xgettext:c-format */
912 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
918 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
919 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
925 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
927 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
928 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
929 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
930 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
932 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
934 /* xgettext:c-format */
935 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
938 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
939 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
952 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
954 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
958 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
960 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
961 return elf_group_name (sec
);
966 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
968 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
969 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
970 if (new_name
== NULL
)
974 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
979 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
981 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
982 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
983 if (new_name
== NULL
)
986 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
990 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
994 int16_t major_version
;
995 int16_t minor_version
;
996 unsigned char slim_object
;
998 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1002 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1003 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1006 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1013 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1014 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
1016 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1019 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1020 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1023 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1024 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1025 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1027 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1028 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1029 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1031 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1033 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1034 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1035 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1036 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1038 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1041 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1044 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1045 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1046 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1048 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1050 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1053 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1055 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1056 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1057 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1058 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1060 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1061 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1062 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1063 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1065 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1067 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1068 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1071 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1072 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_RETAIN
) != 0)
1073 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_retain
;
1076 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1077 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1081 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1083 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1084 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1085 if (name
[0] == '.')
1087 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug", 6) == 0
1088 || strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17) == 0
1089 || strncmp (name
, ".zdebug", 7) == 0)
1090 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1091 else if (strncmp (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
, 21) == 0
1092 || strncmp (name
, ".note.gnu", 9) == 0)
1094 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1097 else if (strncmp (name
, ".line", 5) == 0
1098 || strncmp (name
, ".stab", 5) == 0
1099 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1100 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1104 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
/ opb
)
1105 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1106 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1109 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1110 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1111 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1112 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1113 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1114 all but one of the sections. */
1115 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1116 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1117 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1119 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1122 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1123 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1124 if (!bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr
))
1127 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1128 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1129 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1130 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1134 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1137 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1138 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1142 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1144 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1145 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1147 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1148 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1149 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1150 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1151 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1152 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1153 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1155 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1157 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1160 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1161 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1163 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1164 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1165 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1166 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1168 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1169 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1170 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
) / opb
;
1172 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1173 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1174 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1175 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1176 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1177 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1178 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1179 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1180 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
) / opb
;
1182 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1183 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1184 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1185 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1186 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1187 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1188 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1194 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1195 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1196 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1197 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1198 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1200 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1201 int compression_header_size
;
1202 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1203 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1204 bfd_boolean compressed
1205 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1206 &compression_header_size
,
1208 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1211 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1212 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1213 action
= decompress
;
1216 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1217 section. Check if we should compress. */
1218 if (action
== nothing
)
1220 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1221 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1222 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1223 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1225 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1226 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1232 if (action
== compress
)
1234 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1237 /* xgettext:c-format */
1238 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1245 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1248 /* xgettext:c-format */
1249 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1255 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1258 && (action
== decompress
1259 || (action
== compress
1260 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1262 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1263 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1265 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1266 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1268 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1272 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1273 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1274 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1277 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1279 const char *lto_section_name
= ".gnu.lto_.lto.";
1280 if (strncmp (name
, lto_section_name
, strlen (lto_section_name
)) == 0)
1282 struct lto_section lsection
;
1283 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1284 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1285 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1291 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1293 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1294 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1295 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1298 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1299 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1300 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1301 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1302 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1303 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1304 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1305 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1306 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1308 bfd_reloc_status_type
1309 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1310 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1312 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1313 asection
*input_section
,
1315 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1317 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1318 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1319 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1320 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1322 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1323 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1326 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1329 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1330 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1331 should be the same. */
1334 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1335 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1337 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1338 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1339 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1340 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1342 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1343 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1345 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1348 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1349 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1350 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1351 to be the correct section. */
1354 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1355 const unsigned int hint
)
1357 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1360 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1362 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1363 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1364 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1365 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1368 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1370 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1372 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1374 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1375 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1376 multiple matches ? */
1383 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1384 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1385 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1388 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1390 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1391 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1392 const unsigned int secnum
)
1394 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1395 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1396 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1397 unsigned int sh_link
;
1399 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1401 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1402 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1403 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1404 matched up with the original.
1406 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1407 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1408 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1409 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1410 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1411 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1412 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1413 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1414 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1415 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1416 without any contents. */
1417 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1418 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1419 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1420 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1424 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1425 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1429 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1430 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1431 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1432 in the input bfd. */
1433 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1435 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1436 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1439 /* xgettext:c-format */
1440 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1441 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1445 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1446 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1448 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1452 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1453 if we could not find a match ? */
1455 /* xgettext:c-format */
1456 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1459 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1461 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1462 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1464 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1466 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1468 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1469 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1472 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1473 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1475 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1477 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1482 /* xgettext:c-format */
1483 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1489 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1493 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1495 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1496 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1497 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1500 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1501 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1504 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1506 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1507 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1510 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1512 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1513 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1514 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1516 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1517 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1518 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1519 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1521 /* Copy object attributes. */
1522 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1524 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1527 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1529 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1530 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1533 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1535 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1536 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1537 files. See below for more details. */
1539 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1540 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1543 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1544 fields have already been initialised. */
1545 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1546 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1549 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1550 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1551 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1553 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1555 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1558 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1559 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1560 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1561 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1563 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1564 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1565 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1566 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1567 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1568 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1573 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1576 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1577 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1578 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1579 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1581 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1583 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1586 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1587 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1588 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1590 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1591 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1592 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1593 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1594 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1595 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1596 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1597 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1598 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1599 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1601 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1606 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1608 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1609 with a NULL input section. */
1610 (void) bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1619 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1624 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1625 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1626 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1627 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1628 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1629 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1630 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1631 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1632 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1633 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1634 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1635 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1640 /* Print out the program headers. */
1643 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1645 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1646 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1648 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1650 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1655 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1656 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1657 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1659 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1664 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1667 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1668 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1669 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1670 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1671 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1672 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1673 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1674 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1675 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1676 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1677 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1678 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1679 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1680 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1681 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1682 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1683 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1688 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1691 unsigned int elfsec
;
1692 unsigned long shlink
;
1693 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1695 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1697 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1699 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1702 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1703 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1705 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1707 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1708 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1711 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1712 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1714 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1715 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1717 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1719 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1720 const char *name
= "";
1722 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1723 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1725 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1727 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1734 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1735 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1737 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1739 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1744 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1745 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1746 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1747 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1748 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1749 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1750 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1751 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1752 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1753 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1754 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1755 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1756 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1757 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1758 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1759 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1760 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1761 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1762 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1763 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1764 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1765 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1766 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1767 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1768 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1769 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1770 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1771 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1772 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1773 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1774 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1775 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1776 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1777 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1778 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1779 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1780 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1781 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1782 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1783 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1784 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1785 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1786 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1787 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1788 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1789 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1790 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1791 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1792 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1793 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1794 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1795 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1796 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1797 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1798 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1799 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1800 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1801 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1804 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1808 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1813 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1815 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1818 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1827 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1828 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1830 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1834 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1836 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1838 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1839 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1841 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1842 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1843 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1844 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1846 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1849 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1853 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1859 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1861 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1863 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1864 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1866 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1868 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1869 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1870 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1871 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1872 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1873 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1884 /* Get version name. If BASE_P is TRUE, return "Base" for VER_FLG_BASE
1885 and return symbol version for symbol version itself. */
1888 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1890 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1892 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1893 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1894 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1896 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1898 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1899 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1902 version_string
= "";
1903 else if (vernum
== 1
1904 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1905 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1907 version_string
= base_p
? "Base" : "";
1908 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1910 const char *nodename
1911 = elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1912 version_string
= "";
1915 || symbol
->name
== NULL
1916 || strcmp (symbol
->name
, nodename
) != 0)
1917 version_string
= nodename
;
1921 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1923 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1924 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1928 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1930 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1932 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1934 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1941 return version_string
;
1944 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1947 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1950 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1952 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1955 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1956 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1958 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1959 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1960 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1961 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1963 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1965 const char *section_name
;
1966 const char *name
= NULL
;
1967 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1968 unsigned char st_other
;
1970 const char *version_string
;
1973 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1975 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1976 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1977 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1981 name
= symbol
->name
;
1982 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1985 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1986 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1987 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1988 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1989 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1990 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1991 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1993 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1994 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1996 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1997 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
2004 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2009 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2010 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2015 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2016 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2021 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2022 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2023 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2025 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2027 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2030 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2036 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2038 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2041 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2043 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2044 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2045 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2047 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2049 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2052 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a loop of sections via
2053 sh_link or sh_info. Detect this here, by refusing to load a
2054 section that we are already in the process of loading. */
2055 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
])
2058 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2061 elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2063 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2064 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2065 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2070 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2071 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2074 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2077 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2078 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2079 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2080 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2081 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2082 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2083 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2084 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2085 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2086 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2089 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2090 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2093 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2095 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2096 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2097 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2100 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2101 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2102 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2104 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2109 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2111 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2113 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2115 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2116 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2117 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2118 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2120 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2121 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2125 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2127 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2128 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2130 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2131 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2133 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2141 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2142 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2145 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2148 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2150 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2152 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2153 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2154 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2159 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2160 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2161 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2164 /* xgettext:c-format */
2165 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2166 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2170 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2171 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2172 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2173 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2175 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2176 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2177 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2178 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2179 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2181 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2182 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2183 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2187 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2188 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2189 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2191 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2192 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2194 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2195 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2198 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2199 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2201 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2203 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2204 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2209 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2211 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2213 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2214 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2219 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2220 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2224 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2225 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2228 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2231 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2233 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2236 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2237 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2238 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2243 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2244 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2245 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2248 /* xgettext:c-format */
2249 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2250 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2254 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2255 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2256 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2257 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2259 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2260 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2261 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2264 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2266 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2268 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2269 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2272 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2275 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2277 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2278 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2279 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2283 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2284 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2287 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2289 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2290 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2294 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2297 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2298 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2302 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2305 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2306 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2307 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2308 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2310 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2315 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2316 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2317 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2318 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2320 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2322 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2323 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2325 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2326 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2328 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2331 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2333 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2335 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2336 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2340 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2345 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2347 asection
*target_sect
;
2348 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2349 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2350 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2353 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2354 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2357 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2358 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2361 /* xgettext:c-format */
2362 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2363 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2364 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2369 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2370 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2371 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2372 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2373 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2374 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2375 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2377 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2378 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2379 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2380 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2386 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2388 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2389 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2400 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2403 /* Get the symbol table. */
2404 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2405 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2406 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2409 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2410 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2411 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2412 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2413 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2414 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2415 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2416 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2417 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2418 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2419 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2420 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2421 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2422 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2423 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2424 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2426 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2431 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2434 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2435 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2438 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2439 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2440 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2442 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2444 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2445 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2449 if (!bed
->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2452 /* xgettext:c-format */
2453 (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' "
2454 "for section %pA found - ignoring"),
2455 abfd
, name
, target_sect
);
2460 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2465 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2466 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2467 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2468 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2469 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2470 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2471 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2472 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2473 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2475 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2476 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2478 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2482 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2483 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2484 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2485 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2488 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2489 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2492 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2493 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2494 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2497 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2498 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2499 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2500 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2507 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2510 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2516 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2517 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2518 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2520 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2522 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2526 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2527 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2530 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2532 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2533 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2534 for applications? */
2536 /* xgettext:c-format */
2537 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2538 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2541 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2542 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2547 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2548 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2549 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2551 /* xgettext:c-format */
2552 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2553 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2554 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2556 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2557 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2558 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2559 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2560 be rejected with an error message. */
2562 /* xgettext:c-format */
2563 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2564 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2567 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2568 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2573 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2575 /* xgettext:c-format */
2576 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2577 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2585 elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2589 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2592 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2594 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2596 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2598 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2600 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2601 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2602 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2604 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2605 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2606 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2609 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2611 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2614 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2617 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2620 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2624 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2626 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2628 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2631 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2633 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2634 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2637 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2639 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2640 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2641 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2644 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2646 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2647 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2648 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2649 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2650 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2651 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2652 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2653 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2654 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2655 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2656 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2657 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2658 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2659 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2662 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2664 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2665 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2666 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2669 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.n"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2673 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.p"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2674 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2675 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2676 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2677 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2680 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2681 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2682 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2685 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2688 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2691 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2693 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2694 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2695 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2696 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2699 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2701 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2702 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2705 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2707 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".noinit"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2708 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2709 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2710 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2713 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2715 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".persistent"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2716 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2717 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2718 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2721 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2723 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2724 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2725 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2726 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2727 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2730 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2732 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2733 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2734 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2735 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2736 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2737 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2738 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2741 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2743 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2744 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2745 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2746 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2749 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2751 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2752 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2753 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2754 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2755 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2758 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2760 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2761 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2762 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2764 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2765 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2766 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2767 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2770 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2772 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2774 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2776 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2777 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2778 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2784 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2787 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2788 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2789 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2795 len
= strlen (name
);
2797 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2800 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2802 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2804 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2807 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2808 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2810 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2812 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2814 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2815 && (suffix_len
== -2
2816 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2822 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2824 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2825 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2835 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2836 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2839 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2840 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2842 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2843 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2846 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2847 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2850 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2851 bed
->special_sections
,
2857 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2860 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2861 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2864 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2869 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2873 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2875 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2876 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2877 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2879 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2882 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2886 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2889 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2890 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2891 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2893 /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
2894 there is an ABI mandated section. */
2895 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2898 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2899 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2902 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2905 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2907 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2908 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2909 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2910 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2912 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2913 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2914 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2915 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2916 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2917 of combined data+bss.
2919 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2920 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2921 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2922 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2923 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2928 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2929 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2931 const char *type_name
)
2938 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
2940 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2941 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2942 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2944 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2946 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2947 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2948 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2951 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2952 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2953 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2955 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
2956 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
/ opb
;
2957 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2958 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2959 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2960 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2961 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2963 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2964 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2965 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2967 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2969 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2972 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2974 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2978 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2982 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2983 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2984 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2987 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2988 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2989 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2991 newsect
->vma
= (hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
2992 newsect
->lma
= (hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
2993 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2994 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2995 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2996 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2997 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2998 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2999 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3001 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3002 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3003 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3005 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3006 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3013 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3015 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3016 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3017 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3023 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3025 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3027 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3030 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3033 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3035 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3036 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3040 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3043 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3046 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3048 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3054 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3057 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3059 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3060 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3064 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3067 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3070 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3071 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3072 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3076 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3080 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3082 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3084 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3085 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3088 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3092 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3093 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3094 const char *sec_name
,
3095 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3097 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3098 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3102 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3104 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3106 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3112 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3113 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3114 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3118 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3119 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3120 const char *sec_name
,
3121 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3122 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3124 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3125 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3127 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3128 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3129 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3131 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3132 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3133 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3136 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3137 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3138 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3139 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3140 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3141 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3142 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3143 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3144 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3149 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3152 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3154 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3155 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3157 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3160 struct fake_section_arg
3162 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3166 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3169 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3171 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3172 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3173 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3174 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3175 unsigned int sh_type
;
3176 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3177 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3182 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3187 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3191 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3192 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3193 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3197 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3199 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3200 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3201 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3202 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3203 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3206 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3208 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3209 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3211 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3212 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3216 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3217 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3225 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3227 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3228 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3229 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3230 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3231 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3232 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3237 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3242 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3243 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3247 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3249 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3256 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3258 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3259 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3260 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, asect
);
3262 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3264 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3265 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3266 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3267 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3268 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3271 /* xgettext:c-format */
3272 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3273 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3277 /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment
3278 consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */
3279 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
) | this_hdr
->sh_addr
;
3280 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= mask
& -mask
;
3281 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3282 copy_private_section_data. */
3284 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3285 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3287 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3289 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3290 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3292 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3294 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3295 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3296 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3297 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3298 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3300 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3301 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3302 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3303 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3305 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3306 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3309 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3320 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3321 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3322 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3323 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3327 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3331 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3335 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3339 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3340 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3344 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3345 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3348 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3349 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3352 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3353 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3354 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3355 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3357 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3358 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3360 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3361 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3364 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3365 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3366 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3367 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3369 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3370 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3372 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3373 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3377 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3381 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3385 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3386 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3387 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3388 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3389 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3390 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3391 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3393 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3394 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3396 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3397 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3398 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3399 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3400 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3402 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3403 if (asect
->size
== 0
3404 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3406 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3408 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3411 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3412 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3413 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3417 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3418 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3420 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3421 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3422 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3423 create the other. */
3424 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3426 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3429 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3430 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3431 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3432 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3434 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3435 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3436 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3441 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3442 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3443 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3449 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3451 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3461 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3462 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3463 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3464 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3470 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3472 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3473 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3474 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3478 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3479 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3480 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3481 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3484 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3486 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3487 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3491 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3493 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3498 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3500 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3502 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3504 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3505 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3509 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3511 PR 25699: A corrupt input file could contain bogus group info. */
3512 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) == NULL
)
3517 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3519 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3521 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3523 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3524 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3525 set until all local symbols are output. */
3527 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3528 unsigned long symndx
;
3529 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3530 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3532 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3533 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3534 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3535 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3536 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3537 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3539 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3541 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3543 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3544 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3546 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3547 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3548 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3549 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3551 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3554 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3556 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3559 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3561 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3562 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3563 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3570 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3572 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3573 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3574 start of the input section group. */
3575 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3577 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3578 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3579 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3580 directives, not that it matters. */
3587 s
= s
->output_section
;
3589 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3591 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3592 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3594 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3596 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3597 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3599 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3601 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3603 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3605 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3606 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3608 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3610 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3613 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3615 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3621 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3623 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3626 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3627 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3628 relocations apply. */
3631 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3633 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3634 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3635 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3636 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3641 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3647 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3650 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3653 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3658 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3660 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3661 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3664 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3665 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3666 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3669 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3672 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3673 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3674 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3677 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3678 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3679 in here too, while we're at it. LINK_INFO will be 0 when arriving
3680 here for objcopy, and when using the generic ELF linker. */
3683 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3685 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3687 unsigned int section_number
;
3688 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3689 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3690 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3695 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3697 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3698 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3700 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3702 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3703 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3705 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3707 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3709 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3711 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3712 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3713 abfd
->section_count
--;
3716 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3719 /* Count relocations. */
3720 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3723 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3724 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3725 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3728 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3730 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3732 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3733 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3734 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3735 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3738 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3739 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3740 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3747 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3748 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3749 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3755 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3756 || (link_info
== NULL
3757 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3761 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3762 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3763 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3765 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3767 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3769 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3770 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3771 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3773 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3774 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3775 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3778 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3779 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3782 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3783 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3784 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3786 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3788 /* xgettext:c-format */
3789 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3790 abfd
, section_number
);
3794 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3795 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3797 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3799 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3800 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3801 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3804 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3805 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3806 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3808 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3812 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3814 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3817 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3818 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3820 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3821 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3822 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3823 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3825 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3826 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3829 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3833 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3835 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3836 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3837 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3838 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3839 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3841 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3843 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3844 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3845 the relocation entries apply. */
3846 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3848 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3849 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3850 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3852 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3854 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3855 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3856 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3859 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3860 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3862 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3863 /* We can now have a NULL linked section pointer.
3864 This happens when the sh_link field is 0, which is done
3865 when a linked to section is discarded but the linking
3866 section has been retained for some reason. */
3869 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3870 if (discarded_section (s
))
3874 /* xgettext:c-format */
3875 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3876 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3877 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3878 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3879 size as the discarded one. */
3880 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3883 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3888 /* Handle objcopy. */
3889 else if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3892 /* xgettext:c-format */
3893 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3894 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3895 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3896 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3899 s
= s
->output_section
;
3900 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3904 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3908 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3909 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3910 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3911 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3912 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3913 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3914 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3916 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3918 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3921 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3922 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3927 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3928 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3929 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3930 field to point to this section. */
3931 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3932 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3937 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3938 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3941 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3942 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3943 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3947 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3949 /* This is a .stab section. */
3950 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 12;
3957 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3958 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3959 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3960 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3962 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3964 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3967 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3968 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3969 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3970 the version strings. */
3971 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3972 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3974 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3979 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3980 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3981 this hash table or version table is for. */
3982 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3984 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3988 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3992 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3993 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3994 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4000 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4002 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4003 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4004 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4005 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4007 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4008 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4009 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4012 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4013 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4014 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4015 the beginning of that array.
4017 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4020 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4021 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4023 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4025 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4027 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4028 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4029 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4031 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4034 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4037 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4039 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4042 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4045 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4050 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4051 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4054 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4056 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4061 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4064 /* Ignore the section symbol if it isn't used. */
4065 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM_USED
) == 0)
4068 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4071 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (sym
);
4072 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4073 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4074 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4075 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4076 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4077 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4078 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4079 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4082 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4083 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4086 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4088 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4089 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4090 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4091 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4092 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4093 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4094 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4095 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4102 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4106 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4108 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4109 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4113 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4114 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4115 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4117 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4118 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4120 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4121 decided to output. */
4122 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4124 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4126 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4128 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4129 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4131 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4133 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4134 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4136 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4140 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4141 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4143 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4145 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4149 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4150 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4151 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4152 at least in that case. */
4153 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4155 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4156 /* Don't include ignored section symbols. */
4157 if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4158 && sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4160 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4167 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4168 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4169 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4170 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4173 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4175 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4178 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4179 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4180 /* Don't include ignored section symbols. */
4181 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4186 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4188 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4190 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4191 if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4192 && sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4196 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4197 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4200 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4202 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4206 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4208 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4212 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4213 ELF data structure. */
4215 static inline file_ptr
4216 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4218 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4221 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4222 required section alignment. */
4225 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4229 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4230 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4231 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4232 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4233 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4234 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4235 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4239 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4240 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4241 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4244 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4245 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4247 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4248 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4250 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4251 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4252 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4254 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4257 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4258 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4259 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4261 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4264 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4265 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4266 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4270 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4273 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4274 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4275 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4276 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4280 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4281 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4283 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
, link_info
))
4288 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4290 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4295 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4296 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4297 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4298 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4299 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4300 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4301 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4302 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4303 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4304 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4305 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4307 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4313 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4315 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4317 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4318 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4320 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4322 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4323 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4324 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4325 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4328 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4329 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4331 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4333 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4335 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4336 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4338 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4341 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4346 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4347 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4349 static bfd_size_type
4350 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4354 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4356 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4357 and one for data. */
4360 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4361 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4363 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4364 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4365 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4370 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4372 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4376 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4378 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4382 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4384 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4388 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4390 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4394 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4395 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4396 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4398 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4402 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4404 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4405 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4407 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4408 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4410 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4411 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4412 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4413 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4414 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4415 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4416 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4417 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4418 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4419 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4424 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4426 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4428 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4434 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4436 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4437 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4439 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4440 bfd_vma commonpagesize
;
4441 unsigned int page_align_power
;
4444 commonpagesize
= info
->commonpagesize
;
4446 commonpagesize
= bed
->commonpagesize
;
4447 page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (commonpagesize
);
4448 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4449 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4451 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4454 /* xgettext:c-format */
4455 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4456 "sh_info field: %d"),
4457 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4460 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4461 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4462 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4467 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4468 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4472 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4478 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4481 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4484 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4486 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4487 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4489 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4495 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4496 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4503 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4505 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4506 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4507 asection
**sections
,
4512 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4517 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4518 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4519 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4523 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4524 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4525 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4526 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4528 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4530 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4531 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4532 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4538 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4541 struct elf_segment_map
*
4542 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4544 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4546 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4547 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4551 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4553 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4558 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4561 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4562 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4563 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4565 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4566 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4568 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4569 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4570 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4571 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4573 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4576 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4578 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4580 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4581 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4582 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4584 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4588 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4590 if (remove_empty_load
4591 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4593 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4599 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4600 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4602 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4609 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4610 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4612 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4615 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4618 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4619 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4620 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4621 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4623 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4626 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4628 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4632 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4633 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4636 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4637 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4639 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4640 bfd_boolean writable
;
4641 bfd_boolean executable
;
4642 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4643 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4644 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4645 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4647 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0; /* Bytes. */
4648 bfd_size_type phdr_size
; /* Octets/bytes. */
4649 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
4651 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4653 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4654 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4655 if (sections
== NULL
)
4658 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4659 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4661 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4662 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4665 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4667 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4669 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4670 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4672 s
->target_index
= i
;
4675 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4676 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4677 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
;
4680 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4683 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4685 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4686 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4687 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4688 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4689 /* phdr_size is compared to LMA values which are in bytes. */
4692 maxpagesize
= info
->maxpagesize
;
4694 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4695 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4697 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4699 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4700 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4701 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4702 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4703 been left for them. */
4704 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4706 /* Build the mapping. */
4710 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4711 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4713 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4714 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4716 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4717 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4721 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4723 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4724 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4725 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4729 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4730 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4734 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4742 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4743 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4744 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4750 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4752 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4755 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4756 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4758 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4759 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4760 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4761 program headers we will need. */
4762 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4764 bfd_vma phdr_lma
; /* Bytes. */
4765 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4767 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4769 && info
->separate_code
4770 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4772 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4773 thus not executable, and the first section is
4774 executable then put the file and program headers in
4775 their own PT_LOAD. */
4776 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4777 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4778 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4780 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4781 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4782 previous page if we can. */
4783 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4784 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4786 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4789 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4790 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4791 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4792 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4793 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4794 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4795 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4796 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4798 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4799 else if (separate_phdr
)
4801 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4804 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
* opb
;
4806 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4807 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4810 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4814 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4817 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4821 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4824 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4826 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4827 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4828 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4830 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4832 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4833 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4837 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4838 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4840 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4841 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4844 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4845 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4846 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4848 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4849 pages onto the same memory page. */
4850 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4852 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4853 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4854 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4855 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4856 section can be included in the current segment. */
4857 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4858 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4859 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4860 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4862 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4863 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4866 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4867 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4869 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4870 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4871 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4872 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4875 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4877 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4878 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4879 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4880 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4882 else if (info
!= NULL
4883 && info
->separate_code
4884 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4889 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4891 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4897 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4898 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4901 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4902 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4904 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4906 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4912 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4914 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4917 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4918 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4922 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4923 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4925 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4932 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4937 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4943 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4944 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4946 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4949 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4951 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4952 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4953 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4955 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4963 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4966 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4973 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
4974 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4975 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4976 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4977 in the output file. */
4978 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4980 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4981 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4984 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4987 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4989 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4990 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4991 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
4992 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
/ opb
,
4999 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5000 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5001 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5005 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5009 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5010 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5013 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5014 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5018 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5024 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5025 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5029 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5032 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5033 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5034 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5039 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5040 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5042 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5044 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5046 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5049 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5052 while (i
< tls_count
)
5054 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5056 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5060 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5063 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5075 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5076 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5077 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5078 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5079 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5081 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5082 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5083 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5085 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5088 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5089 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5093 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5094 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5096 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5098 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5104 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5105 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5106 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5108 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5109 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5113 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5115 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5122 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5124 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5125 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5126 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5128 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5129 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5133 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5135 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5141 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5143 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5144 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5148 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5149 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5150 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5151 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5152 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5153 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5155 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5156 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5163 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5165 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5167 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5169 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5170 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5173 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5175 if (m
->sections
[i
]->size
> 0
5176 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5177 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5181 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5186 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5189 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5190 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5194 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5201 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5204 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5207 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5209 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5218 /* Sort sections by address. */
5221 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5223 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5224 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5225 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5227 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5228 place the section into a segment. */
5229 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5231 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5234 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5235 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5236 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5238 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5241 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5243 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 \
5251 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5256 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5257 before others at the same address. */
5259 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5260 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5267 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5270 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5271 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5274 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5276 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5277 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5279 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5281 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5283 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5285 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5287 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5288 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5289 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5290 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5291 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5293 bfd_vma lma1
, lma2
; /* Octets. */
5295 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5297 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5299 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m1
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5301 lma1
= (m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5304 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5306 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5308 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m2
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5310 lma2
= (m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5313 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5315 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5316 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5320 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5322 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5323 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5324 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5325 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5326 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5329 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5330 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5332 /* In other words, something like:
5334 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5335 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5336 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5337 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5339 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5341 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5344 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5346 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5347 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5349 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5353 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5356 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5361 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5362 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5363 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5364 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5365 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5366 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5368 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5369 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5373 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5374 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5375 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5381 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5386 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5388 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5391 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5396 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5397 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5401 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5402 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5404 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5405 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5406 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5407 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5408 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5409 file_ptr off
; /* Octets. */
5410 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5411 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5413 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5414 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
5416 if (link_info
== NULL
5417 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5421 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5426 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5427 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5431 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5432 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5433 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5436 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5438 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5441 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5445 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5446 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5447 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5448 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5453 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5457 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5458 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5459 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5460 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5461 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5463 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5464 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5465 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5466 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5467 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5468 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5469 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5473 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5475 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5476 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5477 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5478 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5479 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5480 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5482 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5483 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5485 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5486 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5487 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5492 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5496 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5498 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5499 maxpagesize
= link_info
->maxpagesize
;
5501 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5504 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5505 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5506 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5507 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5508 position after the ELF file header. */
5509 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5510 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5512 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5513 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5515 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5521 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5522 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5524 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5527 bfd_vma off_adjust
; /* Octets. */
5528 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5530 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5531 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5532 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5533 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5534 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5535 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5537 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5538 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5541 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
* opb
;
5543 p
->p_vaddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5545 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5546 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5547 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5550 p
->p_paddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5552 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5553 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5555 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5556 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5557 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5558 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5559 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5560 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5561 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5563 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5564 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5566 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5568 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5569 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5570 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5571 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5573 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5575 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5577 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5580 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5582 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5585 bfd_size_type align
; /* Bytes. */
5586 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5588 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5592 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5594 unsigned int secalign
;
5596 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5597 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5598 align_power
= secalign
;
5600 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5601 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5602 align
= maxpagesize
;
5605 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5606 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5607 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5608 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5609 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5610 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5612 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5615 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5616 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5618 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5622 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
* opb
);
5624 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5625 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5628 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5629 && bed
->no_page_alias
5630 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5631 && ((off
& -maxpagesize
)
5632 == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
)))
5633 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5637 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5638 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5639 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5640 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5641 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5642 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5643 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5644 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5649 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5650 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5651 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5653 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5656 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5657 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5659 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5662 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5663 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5664 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5665 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5667 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5669 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5671 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5672 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5673 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5677 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5678 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5679 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5682 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5683 " try linking with -N"),
5685 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5689 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5693 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5695 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5696 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5697 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5698 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5702 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5704 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5706 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5707 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5708 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5710 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5712 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5715 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5716 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5717 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5720 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5722 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5723 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0; /* Octets. */
5724 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5725 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5726 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5727 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5728 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5729 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5732 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5736 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5737 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5739 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5744 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5745 without file contents somewhere within the first
5746 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5747 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5748 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5752 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5757 file_ptr adjust
; /* Octets. */
5759 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5761 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5762 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5766 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5767 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5768 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5769 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5770 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5771 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5774 bfd_size_type align
;
5775 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5778 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5779 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5781 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5782 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5783 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5784 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5785 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5786 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5788 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
; /* Octets. */
5789 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
; /* Octets. */
5790 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
* opb
; /* Octets. */
5791 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
; /* Octets. */
5795 || p_end
< p_start
))
5798 /* xgettext:c-format */
5799 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5800 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
/ opb
,
5801 (uint64_t) p_end
/ opb
);
5803 sec
->lma
= p_end
/ opb
;
5805 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5807 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5809 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5812 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5814 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5815 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5817 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5818 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5822 /* We only adjust sh_offset in SHT_NOBITS sections
5823 as would seem proper for their address when the
5824 section is first in the segment. sh_offset
5825 doesn't really have any significance for
5826 SHT_NOBITS anyway, apart from a notional position
5827 relative to other sections. Historically we
5828 didn't bother with adjusting sh_offset and some
5829 programs depend on it not being adjusted. See
5830 pr12921 and pr25662. */
5831 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
|| i
== 0)
5834 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
5835 off_adjust
+= adjust
;
5838 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5839 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5842 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5844 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5848 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5849 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5850 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5856 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5865 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5867 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5868 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5869 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5871 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5872 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5873 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5875 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5876 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5877 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5878 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5879 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5880 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5882 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5884 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5887 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5889 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5890 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5891 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5892 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5893 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5894 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5896 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5898 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5899 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5901 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5903 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5904 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5907 if (align
> p
->p_align
5908 && !m
->p_align_valid
5909 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5910 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5914 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5917 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5919 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5926 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5927 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5928 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5929 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5930 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5931 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5933 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5934 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5935 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5936 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5937 " by LOAD segment"),
5939 if (link_info
== NULL
)
5941 /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
5942 the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
5943 link_info
->callbacks
->info ("%X");
5946 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5947 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5948 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5950 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5952 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5953 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5954 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5955 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5956 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5957 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5959 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5964 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5966 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5969 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5970 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5971 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5972 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5975 /* xgettext:c-format */
5976 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5978 print_segment_map (m
);
5984 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5986 if (link_info
!= NULL
5987 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
5988 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5990 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5991 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5992 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5994 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5995 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5996 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5997 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5999 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
6000 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6001 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6002 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
6005 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
/ opb
;
6007 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
6008 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
6009 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
6011 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
6012 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
6013 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6021 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6022 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6026 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6027 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6030 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6031 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6039 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6040 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6041 use heuristics instead. */
6044 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6046 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6049 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6050 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6051 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6053 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6055 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6057 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6058 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6059 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6060 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6061 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6068 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6069 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6072 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6073 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6075 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6076 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6077 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6078 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6079 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6080 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6082 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
6083 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6085 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6086 maxpagesize
= link_info
->maxpagesize
;
6088 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
6089 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6090 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6091 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6092 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6094 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6097 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6098 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6099 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6100 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6101 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6102 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6104 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6105 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6106 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6107 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6108 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6109 so do not warn about them. */
6110 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6112 /* xgettext:c-format */
6113 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6115 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6117 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6118 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6119 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6120 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6123 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6125 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6128 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6129 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6130 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6131 not been decided. */
6132 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6133 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6134 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6135 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6136 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6137 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6138 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6139 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6140 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6141 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6143 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6145 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6147 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6148 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6149 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6150 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6152 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6154 bfd_vma start
, end
; /* Bytes. */
6157 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6159 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6160 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6161 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6162 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6163 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6165 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6167 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6169 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6170 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
/ opb
;
6181 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6182 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6185 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6187 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6189 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6191 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6193 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6194 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6195 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
/ opb
6197 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6203 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6204 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6206 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6215 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
* opb
;
6216 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
* opb
;
6217 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6218 p
->p_memsz
= end
* opb
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6219 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6221 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6222 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6223 In cases where the end does not match any
6224 loaded section (for instance is in file
6225 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6226 the end of loaded section contents. */
6227 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6228 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6230 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6231 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6232 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6233 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6234 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6236 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6238 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6244 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6247 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6249 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6251 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6252 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6254 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6258 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6259 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6260 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6262 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6263 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6264 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6270 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6272 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6274 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6275 "and/or program header"),
6276 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6281 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6282 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6284 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6285 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6286 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6288 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6300 static elf_section_list
*
6301 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6303 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6309 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6310 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6311 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6313 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6314 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6315 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6316 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6317 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6318 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6319 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6320 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6322 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6325 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6326 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6328 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6329 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6330 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6333 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6334 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6336 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6337 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6338 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6342 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6343 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6345 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6346 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6347 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6348 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6350 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6353 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6354 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6355 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6357 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6358 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6359 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6360 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6361 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6362 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6363 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6364 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6365 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6367 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6370 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6373 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6374 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6378 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6379 assignment of sections to segments. */
6380 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6383 /* And for non-load sections. */
6384 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6388 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6391 /* Write out the program headers. */
6392 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6395 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6396 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6404 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6405 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6407 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6408 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6409 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6411 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6413 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6414 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6417 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6419 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6420 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6421 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6422 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6424 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6425 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6426 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6427 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6429 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6430 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6431 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6432 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6433 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6434 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6436 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6438 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6440 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6441 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6444 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6445 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6446 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6447 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6448 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6449 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6450 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6451 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6453 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6456 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6457 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6459 /* No program header, for now. */
6460 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6461 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6462 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6464 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6465 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6466 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6468 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6469 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6470 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6471 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6472 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6473 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6474 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6475 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6476 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6482 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6484 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6485 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6486 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6487 changed or the programs updated. */
6490 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6492 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6494 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6495 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6496 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6497 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6498 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6500 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6501 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6502 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6503 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6504 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6506 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6507 segments is non-zero. */
6509 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6514 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6515 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6518 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6521 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6522 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6523 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6524 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6526 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6528 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6529 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6530 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6533 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6535 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6536 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6537 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6538 bfd_boolean is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6541 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6543 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6545 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6546 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6548 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6549 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6553 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6554 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6556 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6557 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6559 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6560 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6564 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6565 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6568 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6570 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6572 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6574 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6579 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6584 /* Update section size and contents. */
6585 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6586 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6587 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6591 /* Update section size and contents. */
6592 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6593 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6596 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6603 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6605 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6606 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6607 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6608 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6610 /* Place the section headers. */
6611 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6612 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6613 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6614 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6615 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6616 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6622 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6624 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6625 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6627 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6628 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6630 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6631 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6633 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6634 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6635 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6636 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6638 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6639 already been written to the BFD. */
6640 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6642 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6646 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6649 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6653 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6656 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6657 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6658 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6660 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6661 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6662 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6663 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6664 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6666 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6668 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6670 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6671 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6676 /* Write out the section header names. */
6677 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6678 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6679 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6680 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6683 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6686 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6689 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6690 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6691 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6697 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6699 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6700 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6703 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6706 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6708 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6709 unsigned int sec_index
;
6711 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6712 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6713 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6715 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6716 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6717 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6718 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6719 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6720 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6722 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6724 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6725 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6727 int retval
= sec_index
;
6729 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6733 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6734 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6739 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6743 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6745 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6747 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6749 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6750 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6751 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6752 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6753 input sections rather than the output section. */
6754 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6755 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6756 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6761 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6762 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6763 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6764 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6765 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6766 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6767 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6770 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6774 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6775 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6777 /* xgettext:c-format */
6778 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6779 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6780 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6787 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6788 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6796 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6799 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
6801 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6802 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6803 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6804 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6805 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6808 unsigned int num_segments
;
6809 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6810 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6811 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6812 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6813 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6814 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
6816 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6817 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6820 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6822 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6824 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6825 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6826 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6827 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6829 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6830 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6831 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6832 ? section->size : 0)
6834 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6835 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6836 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment, opb) \
6837 (section->vma * (opb) >= segment->p_vaddr \
6838 && (section->vma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6839 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6841 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6842 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6843 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base, opb) \
6844 (section->lma * (opb) >= base \
6845 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) / (opb) >= section->lma) \
6846 && (section->lma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6847 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6849 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6850 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6851 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6852 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6853 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6854 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6855 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6857 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6859 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6861 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6865 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6866 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6867 p_memsz set to 0. */
6868 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6870 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6871 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6872 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6873 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6875 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6876 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6877 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6879 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6880 A section will be included if:
6881 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6882 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6883 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6885 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6886 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6887 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6888 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6889 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6890 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6891 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6892 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6893 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6894 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr, opb) \
6895 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment, opb)) \
6896 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6897 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6898 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6899 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6900 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6901 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6902 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6903 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6904 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6905 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6906 || (segment->p_paddr \
6907 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma * (opb) \
6908 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma * (opb)) \
6909 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6910 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6912 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6913 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6914 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6915 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb) \
6916 && section->output_section != NULL)
6918 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6919 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6920 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6922 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6923 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6924 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6925 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6926 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6928 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6929 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6930 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6931 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6932 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6934 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6935 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6936 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6938 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6939 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6940 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6941 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6942 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6943 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6946 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6948 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6952 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6953 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6954 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6955 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6956 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6961 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6963 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6964 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6965 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6967 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6968 assignment code will work. */
6969 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
* opb
;
6973 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6975 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6976 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6977 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6981 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6982 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6984 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6986 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6987 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6990 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6991 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6993 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6995 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6996 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6998 if (extra_length
> 0)
7000 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7001 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7004 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7006 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
7008 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7013 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
7015 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
7016 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
7018 if (extra_length
> 0)
7020 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7021 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7024 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7029 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7030 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7034 unsigned int section_count
;
7035 asection
**sections
;
7036 asection
*output_section
;
7038 asection
*matching_lma
;
7039 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7042 asection
*first_section
;
7044 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7047 first_section
= NULL
;
7048 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7049 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7051 section
= section
->next
)
7053 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7054 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7055 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7057 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7058 first_section
= section
;
7059 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7064 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7065 all of the sections we have selected. */
7066 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7067 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7068 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7072 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7073 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7075 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7076 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7077 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7079 if (map
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7080 && (ibfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
7082 && segment
->p_align
> 1)
7084 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7085 if (segment
->p_align
> maxpagesize
)
7086 map
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
7087 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7090 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7091 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7093 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7095 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7096 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7099 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7100 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7101 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7102 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7103 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7105 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7107 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7108 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7109 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7110 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7111 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7113 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7114 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7117 if (section_count
== 0)
7119 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7120 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7121 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7122 a warning is produced.
7123 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7124 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7125 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7126 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7127 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7128 /* xgettext:c-format */
7130 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7131 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7132 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7134 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7136 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7137 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7142 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7143 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7144 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7145 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7147 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7148 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7151 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7152 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7153 of the first section.
7155 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7156 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7157 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7158 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7159 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7161 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7162 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7163 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7164 or segments to contain the other sections.
7166 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7167 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7168 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7170 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7171 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7172 if (sections
== NULL
)
7175 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7176 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7177 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7178 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7179 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7182 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7183 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7185 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7187 section
= section
->next
)
7189 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7191 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7193 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7195 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7196 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7197 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7198 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7200 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7201 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7203 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7204 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7205 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7206 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7207 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7208 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7210 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7211 == (output_section
->vma
* opb
)))
7212 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7214 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7215 LMA address of the output section. */
7216 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7218 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7219 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7220 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
, opb
)))
7222 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7223 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7224 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7226 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7227 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7229 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7231 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7232 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7234 if (j
== section_count
)
7239 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7241 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7243 if (isec
== section_count
)
7245 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7246 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7247 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7248 program header in the input BFD. */
7249 map
->count
= section_count
;
7250 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7251 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7254 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7256 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7257 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7258 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7259 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7260 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7262 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7264 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7265 - matching_lma
->lma
);
7273 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7274 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7275 section fitted, the first section. */
7276 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7277 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7279 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7281 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7282 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7283 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7285 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7287 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7288 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7289 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7290 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7291 offset when we know the correct value. */
7292 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7293 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7296 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7298 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7299 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7300 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7301 first section lma, but there may have been some
7302 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7303 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7304 the same alignment. */
7305 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7306 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7307 map
->p_paddr
&= -(align
* opb
);
7311 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7312 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7313 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7314 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7315 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7316 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7322 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7324 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7325 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7327 section
= sections
[j
];
7329 if (section
== NULL
)
7332 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7334 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7336 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7338 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7340 if (map
->count
== 0)
7342 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7343 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7345 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7346 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7347 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7348 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7349 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7351 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7352 != output_section
->lma
* opb
)
7359 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7361 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7362 and the start of this section is more than
7363 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7364 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7366 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7367 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7368 > output_section
->lma
))
7370 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7371 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7377 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7380 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7381 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7383 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7384 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7387 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7388 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7389 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7390 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7391 So allow a count of zero. */
7393 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7394 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7395 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7397 if (isec
< section_count
)
7399 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7400 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7401 and carry on looping. */
7402 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7403 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7404 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7411 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7412 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7413 not yet been assigned. */
7415 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7416 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7417 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7418 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7419 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7420 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7421 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7426 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7430 while (isec
< section_count
);
7435 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7437 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7438 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7439 the offset if necessary. */
7440 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7444 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7447 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7448 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7449 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7451 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7452 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7455 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7456 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7463 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7464 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7466 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7467 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7468 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7469 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7470 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7471 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7475 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7478 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7480 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7481 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7482 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7483 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7484 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7486 unsigned int num_segments
;
7487 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7488 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7489 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
7491 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7494 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7496 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7497 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7498 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7499 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7500 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7503 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7505 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7509 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7514 unsigned int section_count
;
7516 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7517 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7518 asection
*lowest_section
;
7520 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7521 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7523 section
= section
->next
)
7525 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7526 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7528 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7529 first_section
= section
;
7534 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7535 all of the sections we have selected. */
7536 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7537 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7538 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7542 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7545 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7546 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7547 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7548 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7549 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7550 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7551 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7552 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7554 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7555 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7557 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7558 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7559 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7560 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7561 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7563 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7564 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7567 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7568 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7569 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7570 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7572 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7573 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7575 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7576 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7577 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7578 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7579 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7581 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7582 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7585 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7586 if (section_count
!= 0)
7588 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7590 for (section
= first_section
;
7592 section
= section
->next
)
7594 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7595 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7597 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7598 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7602 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7603 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7604 lowest_section
= section
;
7606 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7607 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7608 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7609 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7611 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7612 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7614 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7615 if (section
->lma
* opb
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7616 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7618 if (isec
== section_count
)
7624 if (section_count
== 0)
7625 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7626 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7628 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7629 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7630 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7631 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7632 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7633 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7635 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7636 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7639 map
->count
= section_count
;
7640 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7641 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7644 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7648 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7652 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7654 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
7656 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7657 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7660 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7663 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7665 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7666 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7667 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7668 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7669 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7670 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7671 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7673 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7675 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7676 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7679 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7680 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7681 section
= section
->next
)
7682 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7684 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7685 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7689 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7690 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7691 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7692 map in this case. */
7693 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7694 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7695 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7698 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7699 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7701 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7702 from the input BFD. */
7703 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7705 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7707 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7708 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7709 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7711 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7712 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7714 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7715 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7716 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7717 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7718 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7719 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7725 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7727 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7728 section
= section
->next
)
7730 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7733 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7736 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7741 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7743 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7744 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7745 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7747 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7749 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7752 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7753 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7755 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7756 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7757 /* xgettext:c-format */
7758 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7759 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7760 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7762 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7765 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
7766 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
7768 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
, maxpagesize
);
7771 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7774 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7778 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7781 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7782 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7783 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7785 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7786 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7789 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7791 /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
7792 have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
7793 allow the user to override the type and flags other than
7794 SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
7795 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_PROGBITS
7796 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOTE
7797 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOBITS
)
7798 elf_section_type (osec
) = SHT_NULL
;
7799 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
7800 the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
7801 are different the user may be doing something like
7802 "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
7803 link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
7804 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7805 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7807 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7808 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7809 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7811 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7812 elf_section_flags (osec
) = (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7813 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7815 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7816 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7817 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7818 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7819 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7821 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7822 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7823 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7824 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7825 if ((link_info
== NULL
7826 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7827 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7828 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7830 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7831 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7832 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7833 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7836 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7837 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7838 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7841 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7843 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7844 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7845 may be NULL at this point. */
7846 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7848 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7849 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7850 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7853 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7858 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7859 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7862 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7867 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7869 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7870 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7873 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7874 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7876 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7878 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7879 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7880 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7881 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7882 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7884 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7888 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7889 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7890 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7891 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7892 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7896 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7900 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7901 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7903 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7904 asection
*s
= first
;
7905 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7909 /* If this member section is being output but the
7910 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7911 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7912 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7913 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7915 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7916 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7920 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7921 if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7922 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7924 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being
7925 output but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust
7928 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7929 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7931 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7932 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7937 /* Also adjust for zero-sized relocation member
7939 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7940 && elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7942 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7943 && elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7947 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7953 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7955 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7956 adjust the input section size. */
7957 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7958 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7959 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7960 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7963 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7968 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7970 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7971 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7973 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7974 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7983 /* Copy private header information. */
7986 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7988 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7989 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7992 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7993 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7994 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7995 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7996 already been worked out. */
7997 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7999 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
8003 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
8006 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
8007 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
8008 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
8009 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
8010 swap_out_syms function. */
8012 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
8013 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
8014 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
8015 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
8016 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
8019 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
8024 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
8026 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8027 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8030 isym
= elf_symbol_from (isymarg
);
8031 osym
= elf_symbol_from (osymarg
);
8034 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
8036 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
8040 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8041 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
8042 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
8043 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
8044 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
8045 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
8047 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
8048 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
8049 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
8050 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
8051 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8057 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8060 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8061 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8063 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8065 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8066 unsigned int symcount
;
8068 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8069 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8070 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8071 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8072 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8073 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8074 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8075 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8076 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
8078 unsigned int num_locals
;
8080 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
8082 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8085 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8086 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8090 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8091 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8092 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8093 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8094 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8095 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8096 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8097 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8099 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8100 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8102 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8103 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, sizeof (*symstrtab
), &amt
)
8104 || (symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
)) == NULL
)
8106 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8107 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8111 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
, &amt
)
8112 || (outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
)) == NULL
)
8115 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8118 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8121 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8122 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8124 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8125 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
8127 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8129 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8130 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8132 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1,
8133 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
8135 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8136 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8139 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8140 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8141 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8142 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8143 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8145 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8148 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8150 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8151 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8157 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8158 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8159 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8160 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8161 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8162 outbound_syms_index
++;
8163 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8164 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8168 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8169 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8171 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8172 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8174 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8175 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8176 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8177 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8180 if (!name_local_sections
8181 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8183 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8184 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8188 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8189 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8191 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8193 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8197 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (syms
[idx
]);
8199 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8200 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8202 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8203 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8204 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8205 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8206 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8207 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8208 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8210 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8211 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8212 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8216 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8219 if (sec
->output_section
)
8221 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8222 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8225 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8226 if (! relocatable_p
)
8228 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8229 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8231 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8233 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8235 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8236 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8237 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8238 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8242 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8245 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8248 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8251 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8254 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8255 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8262 if (shndx
>= SHN_LOPROC
&& shndx
<= SHN_HIOS
)
8264 if (bed
->symbol_section_index
)
8265 shndx
= bed
->symbol_section_index (abfd
, type_ptr
);
8266 /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
8270 if (shndx
> SHN_HIOS
&& shndx
< SHN_HIRESERVE
)
8271 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
8272 Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
8281 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8283 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8287 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8288 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8289 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8290 demand of applications. For example, it
8291 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8292 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8293 actually in the output file. */
8294 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8296 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8297 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8299 /* xgettext:c-format */
8301 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8302 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8303 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8305 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8311 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8314 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8316 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8317 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8318 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8320 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8322 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8324 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8329 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8332 /* Processor-specific types. */
8333 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8334 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8335 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8336 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8338 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8340 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8341 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8343 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8345 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8347 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8349 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8350 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8351 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8353 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8354 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8356 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8358 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8359 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8363 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8364 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8367 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8369 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8371 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8372 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8373 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8375 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8378 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8381 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8383 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8384 sym
.st_target_internal
8385 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8390 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8394 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8395 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8396 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8398 outbound_syms_index
++;
8399 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8400 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8403 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8404 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8406 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8407 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8409 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8410 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8411 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8413 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8414 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8415 if (info
&& info
->callbacks
->ctf_new_symbol
)
8416 info
->callbacks
->ctf_new_symbol (elfsym
->dest_index
,
8419 /* Inform the linker of the addition of this symbol. */
8421 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8423 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8424 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8426 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8427 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8432 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8433 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8434 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8435 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8436 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8437 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8438 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8439 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8444 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8446 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8447 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8448 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8451 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8453 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8455 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8457 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8458 if (symcount
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8460 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8463 symtab_size
= symcount
* (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8465 symtab_size
= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8466 else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8468 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8470 if (filesize
!= 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size
> filesize
)
8472 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8481 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8483 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8485 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8487 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8489 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8493 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8494 if (symcount
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8496 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8499 symtab_size
= symcount
* (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8501 symtab_size
= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8502 else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8504 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8506 if (filesize
!= 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size
> filesize
)
8508 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8517 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr asect
)
8519 if (asect
->reloc_count
!= 0 && !bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8521 /* Sanity check reloc section size. */
8522 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (asect
);
8523 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= &d
->this_hdr
;
8524 bfd_size_type ext_rel_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_size
;
8525 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8527 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8529 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8534 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8535 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8537 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8541 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8544 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8547 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8554 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8556 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8559 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8560 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8561 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8565 return section
->reloc_count
;
8569 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8571 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8572 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8575 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8580 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8581 asymbol
**allocation
)
8583 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8584 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8587 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8591 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8592 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8593 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8594 dynamic reloc section. */
8597 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8599 bfd_size_type count
, ext_rel_size
;
8602 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8604 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8610 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8611 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8612 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8613 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8615 ext_rel_size
+= s
->size
;
8616 if (ext_rel_size
< s
->size
)
8618 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8621 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8622 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8624 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8628 if (count
> 1 && !bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8630 /* Sanity check reloc section sizes. */
8631 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8632 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8634 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8638 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8641 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8642 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8643 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8644 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8645 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8646 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8647 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8650 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8654 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8658 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8660 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8664 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8666 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8668 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8669 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8670 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8675 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8677 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8679 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8690 /* Read in the version information. */
8693 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8695 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8696 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8699 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8701 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8702 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8703 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8705 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8707 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8709 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8710 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8712 error_return_bad_verref
:
8714 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8715 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8716 error_return_verref
:
8717 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8718 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8722 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8723 goto error_return_verref
;
8724 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8725 if (contents
== NULL
)
8726 goto error_return_verref
;
8728 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
), &amt
))
8730 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8731 goto error_return_verref
;
8733 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8734 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8735 goto error_return_verref
;
8737 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8738 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8739 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8740 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8741 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8742 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8744 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8745 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8748 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8750 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8752 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8753 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8755 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8756 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8758 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8759 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8762 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8763 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
), &amt
))
8765 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8766 goto error_return_verref
;
8768 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8769 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8770 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8771 goto error_return_verref
;
8774 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8775 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8776 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8778 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8779 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8780 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8781 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8783 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8785 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8786 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8787 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8788 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8789 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8791 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8792 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8794 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8795 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8797 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8800 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8801 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8803 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8804 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8805 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8807 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8808 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8811 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8812 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8814 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8815 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8817 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8818 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8819 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8821 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8822 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8824 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8830 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8832 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8833 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8834 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8835 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8836 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8838 unsigned int maxidx
;
8839 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8841 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8843 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8845 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8847 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8848 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8849 error_return_verdef
:
8850 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8851 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8855 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8856 goto error_return_verdef
;
8857 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8858 if (contents
== NULL
)
8859 goto error_return_verdef
;
8861 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8862 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8863 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8864 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8865 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8866 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8868 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8869 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8871 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8873 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8875 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8877 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8878 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8879 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8880 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8882 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8885 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8886 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8887 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8889 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8890 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8893 if (default_imported_symver
)
8895 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8900 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8902 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8903 goto error_return_verdef
;
8905 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8906 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8907 goto error_return_verdef
;
8909 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8911 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8912 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8913 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8915 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8916 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8919 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8921 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8922 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8924 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8925 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8927 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8929 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8930 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8933 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8934 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
), &amt
))
8936 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8937 goto error_return_verdef
;
8939 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8940 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8941 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8942 goto error_return_verdef
;
8946 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8947 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8949 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8950 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8951 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8952 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8954 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8956 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8957 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8958 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8959 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8960 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8962 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8963 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8965 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8968 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8969 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8971 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8972 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8973 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8975 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8976 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8979 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8980 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8981 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8983 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8984 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8986 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8987 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8989 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8990 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8996 else if (default_imported_symver
)
9003 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
9005 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
9008 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9009 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
9012 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
9015 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
9016 if (default_imported_symver
)
9018 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
9019 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
9021 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
9023 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
9024 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
9025 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
9026 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
9028 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
9030 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
9031 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
9032 goto error_return_verdef
;
9033 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
9034 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
9035 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
9036 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
9037 goto error_return_verdef
;
9039 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
9040 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
9051 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
9053 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
9055 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
9058 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
9059 return &newsym
->symbol
;
9063 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9067 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
9070 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
9071 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
9075 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9078 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
9079 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
9082 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
9083 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
9084 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
9087 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
9088 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
9089 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
9090 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
9091 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
9092 we treat such symbols as local. */
9093 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
9096 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
9097 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
9098 These labels have the form:
9100 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
9102 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
9104 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
9105 so we only need to match the rest. */
9106 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
9108 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9112 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
9114 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
9116 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
9117 /* A fake symbol. */
9120 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
9121 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
9122 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
9123 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
9124 other than some kind of local ? */
9141 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9142 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9149 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9150 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9151 unsigned long machine
)
9153 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9154 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9155 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9156 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9157 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9160 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9163 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9164 for error reporting. */
9167 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9171 const char **filename_ptr
,
9172 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9173 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9174 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9178 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9179 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9180 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9181 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9182 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9185 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9186 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9188 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9189 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9190 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9195 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9196 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9197 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9198 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9200 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9203 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9206 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9207 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9214 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9217 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9218 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9220 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9221 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9222 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9223 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9226 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9227 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9228 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9229 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9230 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9233 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9234 const char **filename_ptr
,
9235 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9236 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9239 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9240 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9241 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9246 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9248 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9249 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9251 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9253 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9255 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9257 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9260 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9261 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9264 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9267 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9275 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9277 const void *location
,
9279 bfd_size_type count
)
9281 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9284 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9285 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9291 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9292 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9294 unsigned char *contents
;
9296 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9297 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9301 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0)
9304 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"),
9306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9310 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
)
9313 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"),
9316 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9320 contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9321 if (contents
== NULL
)
9324 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"),
9327 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9331 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9335 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9336 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9337 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9344 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9345 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9346 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9352 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9355 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9357 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9359 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9361 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9362 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9364 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9365 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9367 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9369 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9372 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9375 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9378 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9381 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9384 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9387 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9393 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9395 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9397 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9398 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9400 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9405 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9411 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9414 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9417 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9420 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9423 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9429 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9433 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9441 /* xgettext:c-format */
9442 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9443 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9444 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9449 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9451 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9453 && (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
9454 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
9456 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9457 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9458 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9461 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9464 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9465 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9466 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9469 bfd_reloc_status_type
9470 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9471 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9472 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9473 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9474 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9476 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9479 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9480 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9481 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9482 out details about the corefile. */
9484 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9485 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9488 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9489 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9492 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9496 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9498 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9503 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9504 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9505 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9509 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9513 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9516 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9520 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9521 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9522 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9526 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9527 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9528 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9529 such a section already exists.
9530 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9531 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9532 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9534 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9540 char *threaded_name
;
9544 /* Build the section name. */
9546 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9547 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9548 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9549 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9551 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9553 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9558 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9559 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9561 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9565 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9568 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9574 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9575 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9576 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9581 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9583 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9587 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9590 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9595 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9599 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9600 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9601 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9603 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9604 has already been set by another thread. */
9605 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9606 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9607 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9608 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9610 /* pr_who exists on:
9613 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9616 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9617 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9619 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9622 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9623 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9625 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9626 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9628 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9629 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9630 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9632 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9633 has already been set by another thread. */
9634 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9635 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9636 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9637 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9639 /* pr_who exists on:
9642 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9645 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9646 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9648 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9651 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9654 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9655 note size (ie. data object type). */
9659 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9660 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9661 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9663 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9665 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9667 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9669 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9671 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9672 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9675 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9676 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9677 data structure apart. */
9680 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9682 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9685 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9686 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9690 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9692 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9695 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9696 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9697 contents literally. */
9700 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9702 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9706 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9708 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9712 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9714 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9718 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9720 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9724 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9726 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9730 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9732 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9736 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9738 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9742 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9744 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9748 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9750 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9754 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9756 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9760 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9762 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9766 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9768 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9772 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9774 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9778 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9780 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9784 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9786 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9790 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9792 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9796 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9798 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9802 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9804 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9808 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9810 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9814 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9816 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9820 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9822 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9826 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9828 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9832 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9834 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9838 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9840 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9844 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9846 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9850 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9852 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9856 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9858 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9862 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9864 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9868 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9870 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9874 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9876 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9880 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9882 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9886 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9888 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9892 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9894 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9898 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9900 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9904 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9906 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9910 elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9912 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arc-v2", note
);
9915 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9916 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9917 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9918 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9922 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9923 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9924 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9925 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9929 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9930 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9931 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9934 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9937 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9945 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9949 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9955 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9957 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9959 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9961 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9963 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9965 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9966 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9968 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9969 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9970 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9972 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9973 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9974 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9976 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9977 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9979 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9980 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9982 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9984 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9985 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9987 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9988 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9989 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9991 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9992 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9993 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9999 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
10000 note size (ie. data object type). */
10004 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
10005 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
10006 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
10009 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
10010 int n
= strlen (command
);
10012 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
10013 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
10018 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
10020 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10022 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10024 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
10025 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
10026 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
10032 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10034 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10036 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10037 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
10039 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
10042 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10044 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10047 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
10048 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
10049 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
10053 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
10055 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10057 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10059 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10065 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
10066 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
10067 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
10072 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10074 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
10075 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
10077 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10078 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
10080 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10082 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10083 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10084 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10087 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10089 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10093 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10094 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10095 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10096 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10099 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10100 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
10101 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
10104 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10106 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10109 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
10111 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10112 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10113 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10116 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10118 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10122 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10123 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10124 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10125 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10128 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
10129 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
10130 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
10133 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10135 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
10137 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
10139 /* These constants, and the structure offsets used below, are defined by
10140 Cygwin's core_dump.h */
10141 #define NOTE_INFO_PROCESS 1
10142 #define NOTE_INFO_THREAD 2
10143 #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE 3
10144 #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 4
10147 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10152 unsigned int name_size
;
10155 int is_active_thread
;
10158 if (note
->descsz
< 4)
10161 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
10164 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
10168 const char *type_name
;
10169 unsigned long min_size
;
10172 { "NOTE_INFO_PROCESS", 12 },
10173 { "NOTE_INFO_THREAD", 12 },
10174 { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE", 12 },
10175 { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE64", 16 },
10178 if (type
== 0 || type
> (sizeof(size_check
)/sizeof(size_check
[0])))
10181 if (note
->descsz
< size_check
[type
- 1].min_size
)
10183 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: win32pstatus %s of size %lu bytes is too small"),
10184 abfd
, size_check
[type
- 1].type_name
, note
->descsz
);
10190 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
10191 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10192 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10193 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10196 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
10197 /* Make a ".reg/<tid>" section containing the Win32 API thread CONTEXT
10199 /* thread_info.tid */
10200 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4));
10202 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10203 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10207 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10209 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10213 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10214 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- 12;
10215 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10216 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10217 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10219 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10220 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10222 if (is_active_thread
)
10223 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10227 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
10228 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE64
:
10229 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10230 if (type
== NOTE_INFO_MODULE
)
10232 /* module_info.base_address */
10233 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10234 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10235 /* module_info.module_name_size */
10236 name_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10238 else /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 */
10240 /* module_info.base_address */
10241 base_addr
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10242 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%016lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10243 /* module_info.module_name_size */
10244 name_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10247 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10248 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10252 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10254 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10259 if (note
->descsz
< 12 + name_size
)
10261 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: win32pstatus NOTE_INFO_MODULE of size %lu is too small to contain a name of size %u"),
10262 abfd
, note
->descsz
, name_size
);
10266 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10267 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10268 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10279 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10281 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10283 switch (note
->type
)
10289 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10290 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10292 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10293 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10298 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10300 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10303 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10305 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10308 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10309 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10311 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10312 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10314 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10315 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10316 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10317 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10321 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10322 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10323 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10324 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10329 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10330 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10331 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10336 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10337 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10338 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10343 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10344 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10345 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10350 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10351 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10352 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10357 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10358 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10359 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10364 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10365 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10366 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10371 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10372 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10373 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10377 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10378 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10379 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10380 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10384 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10385 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10386 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10387 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10391 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10392 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10393 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10394 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10398 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10399 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10400 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10401 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10405 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10406 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10407 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10408 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10412 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10413 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10414 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10415 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10419 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10420 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10421 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10422 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10426 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10427 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10428 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10429 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10433 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10434 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10435 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10436 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10440 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10441 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10442 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10443 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10447 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10448 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10449 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10450 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10454 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10455 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10456 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10457 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10462 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10463 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10464 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10468 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10469 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10470 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10471 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10475 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10476 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10477 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10478 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10482 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10483 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10484 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10485 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10490 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10491 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10492 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10496 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10497 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10498 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10499 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10503 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10504 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10505 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10506 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10510 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10511 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10512 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10513 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10517 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10518 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10519 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10520 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10525 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10526 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10527 return elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (abfd
, note
);
10532 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10533 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10534 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10539 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10540 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10541 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10545 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10546 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10547 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10548 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10552 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10553 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10554 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10555 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10560 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10561 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10562 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10566 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10567 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10568 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10569 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10575 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10576 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10578 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10579 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10585 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10588 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10592 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10599 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10601 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10603 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10606 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10607 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10610 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10611 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10612 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10618 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10620 switch (note
->type
)
10625 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10626 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10628 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10629 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10634 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10636 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10637 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10638 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10640 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10641 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10642 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10644 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10650 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10652 switch (note
->type
)
10655 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10663 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10667 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10670 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10675 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10683 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10684 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10689 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10690 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10694 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10698 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10699 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10700 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10703 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10704 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10705 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10708 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10711 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10712 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10715 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10716 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10722 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10728 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10729 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10730 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10734 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10738 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10739 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10746 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10749 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10750 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10753 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10754 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10755 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10757 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10762 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10766 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10769 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10770 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10771 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10772 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10775 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10776 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10777 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10780 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10781 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10784 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10785 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10788 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10789 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10790 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10794 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10796 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10798 switch (note
->type
)
10801 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10802 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10804 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10807 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10810 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10812 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10813 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10814 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10818 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10819 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10822 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10823 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10826 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10827 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10830 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10831 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10833 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10834 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10835 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10839 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10840 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10844 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10852 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10856 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10859 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10866 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10868 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10871 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10872 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10873 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10875 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10876 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10877 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10879 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10880 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10881 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10883 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10888 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10892 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10893 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10895 switch (note
->type
)
10897 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10898 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10899 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10900 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10901 creates a core file. */
10902 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10903 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
10904 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10905 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10906 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10908 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
10909 case NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
:
10910 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
,
10911 ".note.netbsdcore.lwpstatus",
10918 /* As of March 2020 there are no other machine-independent notes
10919 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10920 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10923 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10927 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10929 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10930 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10932 case bfd_arch_aarch64
:
10933 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10934 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10935 switch (note
->type
)
10937 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10938 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10940 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10941 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10947 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
10948 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
10949 structure which lacks GBR. */
10952 switch (note
->type
)
10954 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10955 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10957 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
10958 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10964 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10965 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10968 switch (note
->type
)
10970 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10971 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10973 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10974 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10984 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10986 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10989 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10990 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10991 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10993 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10994 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10995 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10997 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10998 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10999 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
11005 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11007 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
11008 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
11010 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
11011 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11013 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
11014 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11016 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
11017 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
11019 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
11020 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
11022 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
11024 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
11029 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11030 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11031 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
11040 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
11042 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
11049 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
11052 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
11053 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
11055 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
11056 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
11058 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
11059 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
11061 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
11062 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
11064 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
11065 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11068 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
11069 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
11070 thread just in case. */
11071 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
11072 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11074 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
11075 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
11077 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11080 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11082 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11086 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11087 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11088 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11090 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
11094 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
11095 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
11103 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
11104 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
11106 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11109 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11111 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11115 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11116 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11117 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11119 /* This is the current thread. */
11120 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
11121 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
11126 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
11127 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
11128 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
11129 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
11132 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11134 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
11135 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
11137 static long tid
= 1;
11139 switch (note
->type
)
11141 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
11142 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
11143 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
11144 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
11145 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
11146 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
11147 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
11148 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
11155 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11161 /* Use note name as section name. */
11162 len
= note
->namesz
;
11163 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
11166 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
11167 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
11169 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11173 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11174 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11175 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
11180 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
11183 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
11187 size of data for note
11189 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
11190 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
11191 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
11192 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
11195 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
11198 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11206 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
11213 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
11215 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
11217 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
11220 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
11221 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
11222 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
11223 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
11224 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
11225 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11229 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11237 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11247 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11248 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11249 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11250 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11251 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11252 be NULL terminated.
11253 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11254 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11255 the finer control available with later versions.
11256 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11257 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11258 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11259 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11260 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11261 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11262 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11265 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11269 const char *psargs
)
11271 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11273 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11276 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11277 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11282 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11283 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11284 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11286 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11288 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11291 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11294 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11295 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11296 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11297 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11298 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11303 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11305 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11308 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11311 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11312 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11313 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11314 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11315 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11317 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11322 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11323 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11327 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11328 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11329 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11331 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11333 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11335 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11336 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11337 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11341 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11343 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11344 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11345 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11350 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11351 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11352 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11354 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11356 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11358 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11359 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11360 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11364 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11366 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11367 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11368 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11373 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11380 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11382 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11385 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11387 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11392 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11393 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11394 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11396 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11398 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11399 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11400 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11401 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11402 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11403 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11410 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11411 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11412 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11413 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11414 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11415 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11417 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11423 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11425 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11432 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11433 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11435 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11436 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11437 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11438 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11439 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11440 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11441 #if !defined(gregs)
11442 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11443 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11445 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11446 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11449 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11450 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11452 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11454 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11456 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11460 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11461 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11463 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11464 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11465 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11467 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11471 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11472 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11473 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11474 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11482 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11483 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11484 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11485 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11489 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11492 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11495 const void *fpregs
,
11498 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11499 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11500 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11504 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11507 const void *xfpregs
,
11510 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11511 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11512 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11516 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11517 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11520 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11521 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11523 note_name
= "LINUX";
11524 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11525 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11529 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11532 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11535 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11536 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11537 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11541 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11544 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11547 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11548 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11549 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11553 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11556 const void *ppc_tar
,
11559 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11560 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11561 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11565 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11568 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11571 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11572 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11573 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11577 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11580 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11583 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11584 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11585 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11589 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11592 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11595 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11596 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11597 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11601 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11604 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11607 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11608 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11609 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11613 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11616 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11619 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11620 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11621 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11625 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11628 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11631 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11632 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11633 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11637 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11640 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11643 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11644 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11645 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11649 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11652 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11655 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11656 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11657 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11661 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11664 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11667 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11668 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11669 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11673 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11676 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11679 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11680 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11681 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11685 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11688 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11691 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11692 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11693 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11697 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11700 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11703 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11704 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11705 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11709 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11712 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11715 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11716 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11717 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11718 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11722 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11725 const void *s390_timer
,
11728 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11729 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11730 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11734 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11737 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11740 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11741 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11742 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11746 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11749 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11752 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11753 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11754 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11758 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11761 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11764 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11765 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11766 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11770 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11773 const void *s390_prefix
,
11776 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11777 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11778 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11782 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11785 const void *s390_last_break
,
11788 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11789 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11790 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11791 s390_last_break
, size
);
11795 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11798 const void *s390_system_call
,
11801 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11802 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11803 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11804 s390_system_call
, size
);
11808 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11811 const void *s390_tdb
,
11814 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11815 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11816 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11820 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11823 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11826 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11827 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11828 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11832 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11835 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11838 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11839 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11840 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11841 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11845 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11848 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11851 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11852 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11853 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11858 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11861 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11864 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11865 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11866 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11871 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11874 const void *arm_vfp
,
11877 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11878 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11879 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11883 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11886 const void *aarch_tls
,
11889 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11890 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11891 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11895 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11898 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11901 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11902 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11903 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11907 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11910 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11913 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11914 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11915 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11919 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11922 const void *aarch_sve
,
11925 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11926 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11927 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11931 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11934 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11937 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11938 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11939 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11943 elfcore_write_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
,
11946 const void *arc_v2
,
11949 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11950 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11951 note_name
, NT_ARC_V2
, arc_v2
, size
);
11955 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11958 const char *section
,
11962 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11963 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11964 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11965 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11966 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11967 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11968 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11969 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11970 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11971 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11972 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11973 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11974 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11975 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11976 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11977 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11978 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11979 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11980 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11981 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11982 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11983 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11984 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11985 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11986 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11987 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11988 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11989 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11990 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11991 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11992 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11993 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11994 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11995 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11996 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11997 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11998 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11999 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12000 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
12001 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12002 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
12003 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12004 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
12005 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12006 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
12007 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12008 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
12009 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12010 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
12011 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12012 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
12013 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12014 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
12015 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12016 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
12017 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12018 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
12019 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12020 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
12021 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12022 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
12023 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12024 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
12025 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12026 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
12027 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12028 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
12029 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12030 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
12031 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12032 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
12033 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12034 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
12035 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12036 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arc-v2") == 0)
12037 return elfcore_write_arc_v2 (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12042 elfcore_write_file_note (bfd
*obfd
, char *note_data
, int *note_size
,
12043 const void *buf
, int bufsiz
)
12045 return elfcore_write_note (obfd
, note_data
, note_size
,
12046 "CORE", NT_FILE
, buf
, bufsiz
);
12050 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
12055 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
12056 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
12057 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
12058 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
12061 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
12065 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
12067 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
12068 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
12070 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
12073 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
12075 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
12076 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
12077 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
12080 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
12081 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
12082 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
12084 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
12085 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
12088 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
12095 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
12098 const char * string
;
12100 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
12104 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
12105 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
12106 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
12107 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
12108 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
12109 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
12110 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
)
12112 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
12115 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
12117 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
12118 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
12119 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
12121 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
12130 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
12132 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
12135 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
12136 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
12138 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
12144 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
12151 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
12156 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
12159 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
12162 buf
= (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, size
+ 1, size
);
12166 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
12167 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
12170 if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
12180 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
12182 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
12183 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
12184 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12187 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
12189 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12191 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12195 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
12198 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
12199 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
12200 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
12201 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
12203 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
12204 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12207 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
12211 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12213 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12217 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
12218 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
12219 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
12220 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
12225 enum elf_reloc_type_class
12226 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12227 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12228 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12230 return reloc_class_normal
;
12233 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
12234 relocation against a local symbol. */
12237 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12238 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12240 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12242 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12243 bfd_vma relocation
;
12245 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
12246 + sec
->output_offset
12248 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12249 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12250 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12253 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12254 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12255 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12258 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12259 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12260 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12261 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12262 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12263 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12264 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12267 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12268 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12274 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12275 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12279 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12281 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12282 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12284 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12285 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12286 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12289 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12290 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12291 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12292 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12296 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12297 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12301 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12303 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12304 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12306 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12307 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12310 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12312 /* Reverse the offset. */
12313 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12314 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12316 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12317 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12318 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12319 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12325 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12326 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12327 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12328 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12329 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12330 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12332 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12333 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12334 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12335 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12336 the remote memory. */
12339 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12342 bfd_size_type size
,
12343 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12344 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12346 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12347 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12351 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12352 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12353 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12358 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12361 const char *relplt_name
;
12362 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
12366 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12372 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12375 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12378 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12381 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12382 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12383 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12384 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12385 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12388 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12389 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12390 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12393 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12397 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12398 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
12401 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12402 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12403 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12404 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12406 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12407 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12410 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12412 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12417 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12421 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12422 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12424 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12429 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12430 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12433 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12434 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12435 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12436 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12437 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12438 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12440 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12443 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12444 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12446 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12450 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12451 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12452 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12453 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12456 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12459 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12460 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12467 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12468 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12469 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12470 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12471 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12472 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12473 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12474 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12477 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12479 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12481 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12483 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12484 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12486 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12487 SHF_GNU_MBIND or SHF_GNU_RETAIN sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type
12488 or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12489 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12491 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12492 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12493 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12494 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12496 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12497 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is supported only by GNU "
12498 "and FreeBSD targets"));
12499 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12500 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is supported "
12501 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12502 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12503 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is supported "
12504 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12505 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_retain
)
12506 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_RETAIN section is supported "
12507 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12508 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12516 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12517 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12518 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12521 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12523 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12524 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12527 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12528 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12529 otherwise return zero. */
12532 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12535 bfd_size_type size
;
12537 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12538 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12539 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12542 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12544 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12545 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
12551 /* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */
12552 #define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0
12554 /* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type
12555 used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */
12556 #define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA)
12558 /* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */
12561 _bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12562 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
12564 unsigned int shindex
)
12566 /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */
12567 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
)
12570 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12571 fprintf (stderr
, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name
);
12573 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
;
12574 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
12577 /* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */
12580 _bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12582 asymbol
** symbols
,
12583 bfd_boolean dynamic
)
12585 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12587 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12588 bfd_vma (*r_sym
) (bfd_vma
);
12590 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12591 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12592 r_sym
= elf64_r_sym
;
12595 r_sym
= elf32_r_sym
;
12597 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12598 associated with SEC. */
12599 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12601 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
= & elf_section_data (relsec
)->this_hdr
;
12603 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
12604 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
12605 && (hdr
->sh_entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
12606 || hdr
->sh_entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
12608 bfd_byte
* native_relocs
;
12609 bfd_byte
* native_reloc
;
12610 arelent
* internal_relocs
;
12611 arelent
* internal_reloc
;
12613 unsigned int entsize
;
12614 unsigned int symcount
;
12615 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12618 if (ebd
->elf_info_to_howto
== NULL
)
12621 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12622 fprintf (stderr
, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12623 sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12625 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12627 native_relocs
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
12628 if (native_relocs
== NULL
)
12634 reloc_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
12635 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count
, sizeof (arelent
), & amt
))
12637 free (native_relocs
);
12638 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
12643 internal_relocs
= (arelent
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12644 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12646 free (native_relocs
);
12651 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12652 || (bfd_bread (native_relocs
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
12655 free (native_relocs
);
12656 /* The internal_relocs will be freed when
12657 the memory for the bfd is released. */
12663 symcount
= bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
);
12665 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12667 for (i
= 0, internal_reloc
= internal_relocs
,
12668 native_reloc
= native_relocs
;
12670 i
++, internal_reloc
++, native_reloc
+= entsize
)
12673 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
12675 if (entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
12676 ebd
->s
->swap_reloc_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12677 else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
12678 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12680 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12681 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12682 The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
12683 and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */
12684 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0)
12685 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
;
12687 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
- sec
->vma
;
12689 if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) == STN_UNDEF
)
12691 /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we
12692 have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */
12693 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12694 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12696 else if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) > symcount
)
12699 /* xgettext:c-format */
12700 (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"),
12701 abfd
, sec
, i
, (long) r_sym (rela
.r_info
));
12702 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12703 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12704 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12711 ps
= symbols
+ r_sym (rela
.r_info
) - 1;
12712 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
= ps
;
12713 /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */
12714 (*ps
)->flags
|= BSF_KEEP
;
12717 internal_reloc
->addend
= rela
.r_addend
;
12719 res
= ebd
->elf_info_to_howto (abfd
, internal_reloc
, & rela
);
12720 if (! res
|| internal_reloc
->howto
== NULL
)
12722 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12723 fprintf (stderr
, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n",
12730 free (native_relocs
);
12731 /* Store the internal relocs. */
12732 elf_section_data (relsec
)->sec_info
= internal_relocs
;
12739 /* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */
12742 _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
* ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12743 bfd
* obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12744 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* isection
,
12745 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* osection
)
12749 struct bfd_elf_section_data
* esd
;
12751 if (isection
== NULL
)
12754 if (isection
->sh_type
!= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
)
12757 isec
= isection
->bfd_section
;
12761 osec
= osection
->bfd_section
;
12765 esd
= elf_section_data (osec
);
12766 BFD_ASSERT (esd
->sec_info
== NULL
);
12767 esd
->sec_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
12768 osection
->sh_type
= SHT_RELA
;
12769 osection
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (obfd
);
12770 if (osection
->sh_link
== 0)
12772 /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */
12774 /* xgettext:c-format */
12775 (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"),
12777 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12781 /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */
12782 if (isection
->sh_info
== 0
12783 || isection
->sh_info
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
12786 /* xgettext:c-format */
12787 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index is invalid"),
12789 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12793 isection
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
)[isection
->sh_info
];
12795 if (isection
== NULL
12796 || isection
->bfd_section
== NULL
12797 || isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
== NULL
)
12800 /* xgettext:c-format */
12801 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index cannot be set because the section is not in the output"),
12803 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12807 esd
= elf_section_data (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
);
12808 BFD_ASSERT (esd
!= NULL
);
12809 osection
->sh_info
= esd
->this_idx
;
12810 esd
->has_secondary_relocs
= TRUE
;
12811 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12812 fprintf (stderr
, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n",
12813 osec
->name
, osection
->sh_link
, osection
->sh_info
);
12814 fprintf (stderr
, "mark section %s as having secondary relocs\n",
12815 bfd_section_name (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
));
12821 /* Write out a secondary reloc section.
12823 FIXME: Currently this function can result in a serious performance penalty
12824 for files with secondary relocs and lots of sections. The proper way to
12825 fix this is for _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields() to chain secondary
12826 relocs together and then to have this function just walk that chain. */
12829 _bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
12831 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12832 bfd_vma addr_offset
;
12834 bfd_vma (*r_info
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
12835 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12840 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12841 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12842 r_info
= elf64_r_info
;
12845 r_info
= elf32_r_info
;
12847 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12848 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12849 The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */
12851 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
12852 addr_offset
= sec
->vma
;
12854 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12855 associated with SEC. */
12856 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12858 const struct bfd_elf_section_data
* const esd
= elf_section_data (relsec
);
12859 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* const hdr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) & esd
->this_hdr
;
12861 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
12862 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12864 asymbol
* last_sym
;
12866 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12868 unsigned int entsize
;
12869 arelent
* src_irel
;
12870 bfd_byte
* dst_rela
;
12872 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
12875 /* xgettext:c-format */
12876 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section processed twice"),
12878 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12883 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12887 /* xgettext:c-format */
12888 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has zero sized entries"),
12890 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12894 else if (entsize
!= ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
12895 && entsize
!= ebd
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
12898 /* xgettext:c-format */
12899 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has non-standard sized entries"),
12901 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12906 reloc_count
= hdr
->sh_size
/ entsize
;
12907 if (reloc_count
<= 0)
12910 /* xgettext:c-format */
12911 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section is empty!"),
12913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12918 hdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
);
12919 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
12922 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12923 fprintf (stderr
, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12924 reloc_count
, sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12928 dst_rela
= hdr
->contents
;
12929 src_irel
= (arelent
*) esd
->sec_info
;
12930 if (src_irel
== NULL
)
12933 /* xgettext:c-format */
12934 (_("%pB(%pA): error: internal relocs missing for secondary reloc section"),
12936 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12941 for (idx
= 0; idx
< reloc_count
; idx
++, dst_rela
+= entsize
)
12943 Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela
;
12948 ptr
= src_irel
+ idx
;
12952 /* xgettext:c-format */
12953 (_("%pB(%pA): error: reloc table entry %u is empty"),
12954 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12955 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12960 if (ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
== NULL
)
12962 /* FIXME: Is this an error ? */
12967 sym
= *ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12969 if (sym
== last_sym
)
12973 n
= _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd
, & sym
);
12977 /* xgettext:c-format */
12978 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a missing symbol"),
12979 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12980 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12989 if (sym
->the_bfd
!= NULL
12990 && sym
->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
12991 && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd
, ptr
))
12994 /* xgettext:c-format */
12995 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a deleted symbol"),
12996 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12997 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13003 src_rela
.r_offset
= ptr
->address
+ addr_offset
;
13004 if (ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
13007 /* xgettext:c-format */
13008 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u is of an unknown type"),
13009 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13010 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13012 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (0, 0);
13015 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (n
, ptr
->howto
->type
);
13016 src_rela
.r_addend
= ptr
->addend
;
13018 if (entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
13019 ebd
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);
13020 else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
13021 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);